<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="de">
	<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Krizzl</id>
	<title>Wufiwiki - Benutzerbeiträge [de]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Krizzl"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Spezial:Beitr%C3%A4ge/Krizzl"/>
	<updated>2026-04-16T22:34:27Z</updated>
	<subtitle>Benutzerbeiträge</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.8</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Hauptseite&amp;diff=2865</id>
		<title>Hauptseite</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Hauptseite&amp;diff=2865"/>
		<updated>2012-04-12T10:09:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Tutorial */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= WUFI - Wiki =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to WUFI-wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual]]s and [[Tutorial]]s are provided here. Furthermore all [[Details:Physics | physical background]] and used models are described. Most questions are answered in the [[FAQ:Main | FAQ]] section but you can add your own suggestions in the [[Discussion:Main | discussion]] section. Please post all your comments and found bugs there. Detailed information of special terms are discribed in the [[Glossary:Main |glossary]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0; margin-top:10px; margin-right:10px; border:2px solid #dfdfdf; padding:0 1em 1em 1em; background-color:#F8F8FF;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Manual]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[1D:Wufi_1D|WUFI 1D Pro]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[2D:Wufi_2D|WUFI 2D]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Plus:Wufi_Plus|WUFI Plus 1.X]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Plus 2.X:Wufi_Plus_2.X|WUFI Plus 2.X-UNDER CONSTRUCTION]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|[[1D:Installation|Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2D:Installation|Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus:Installation|Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus 2.X:Installation|Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[1D:Menu|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2D:Menu|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus:Menu|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus 2.X:Overview on the User Interface|Overview on the User Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[1D:Dialogs|Dialogs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2D:Dialogs|Dialogs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus:Dialogs|Dialogs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus 2.X:Menu and Dialogues|Menu and Dialogues]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[1D:Tree|Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2D:Tree|Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus:Tree|Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus 2.X:Tree|Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[1D:Movie|Movies]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2D:Movie|Movies]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus:Movie|Movies]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus 2.X:Visualization Box|Visualization Box]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus2:Status and Results|Status and Results Box]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus 2.X:Results|Results]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus2:Movies|Movies]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0; margin-top:10px; margin-right:10px; border:2px solid #dfdfdf; padding:0 1em 1em 1em; background-color:#F8F8FF;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Tutorial]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[1D:Wufi_1D_What is|WUFI 1D Pro]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[2D:Wufi_2D|WUFI 2D]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Plus:Wufi_Plus|WUFI Plus 1.X]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Plus 2.X:Wufi_Plus_2.X|WUFI Plus 2.X-UNDER CONSTRUCTION]]&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|[[1D:HowTo|How to use?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2D:HowTo|How to use?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus:HowTo|How to use?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus 2.X:First_Steps|Example Case 1: An easy one to start with...]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[1D:Input | What do I need?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2D:Input | What do I need?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus:Input | What do I need?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus 2.X:Input|Example Case 2: For experts and those who want to be...]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[1D:Output | What do I get and how do I work with the results?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2D:Output | What do I get and how do I work with the results?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus:Output | What do I get and how do I work with the results?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus 2.X:Results | What do I get and how do I work with the results?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[1D:Batch | How do I run WUFI 1D in batch mode?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2D:Batch | How do I run WUFI 2D in batch mode?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Plus:Batch | How do I run WUFI Plus in batch mode?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0; margin-top:10px; margin-right:10px; border:2px solid #dfdfdf; padding:0 1em 1em 1em; background-color:#F8F8FF;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Details:Main | Background]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Details:Material | Material Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Details:Climate | Climate Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Details:Surface | Surface Transfer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Details:Numerics | Numerical Methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Details:Physics | Physical Background]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0; margin-top:10px; margin-right:10px; border:2px solid #dfdfdf; padding:0 1em 1em 1em; background-color:#F8F8FF;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[FAQ:Main | Frequently Asked Questions]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[FAQ:FAQ_General|General Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:0; margin-top:10px; margin-right:10px; border:2px solid #dfdfdf; padding:0 1em 1em 1em; background-color:#F8F8FF;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Discussion:Main | Problems Bugs and other Questions]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Discussion:Problems|Problems and Questions by using WUFI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Discussion:Bugs|Bugs found by using WUFI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WUFI-Pro&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Discussion:WUFI-Pro_PerformanceandLimitations | WUFI´s Performance and Limitations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Glossary:Main | Glossary]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glossary:Glossary-1D | Glossary of &#039;&#039;&#039;WUFI-Pro&#039;&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glossary:Glossary-2D | Glossary of &#039;&#039;&#039;WUFI-2D&#039;&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glossary:Glossary-Plus | Glossary of &#039;&#039;&#039;WUFI-Plus&#039;&#039;&#039;]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:Building&amp;diff=2864</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:Building</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:Building&amp;diff=2864"/>
		<updated>2012-04-12T09:08:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Vertex Operations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are two possibilities of generating a building.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Building Wizard=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the new project, the building can be created in two ways. Is the building or the space not too complex in its geometry the [[Plus 2.X:Building_Wizard| automatic building wizard]] can be used to generate it. This tool generates the building with some details of floor plan, roof form and foundation . &lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-Building_Wizard.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note, that of course, all values entered are internal measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Edit 3D=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the geometry of the building exceeds the capabilities of the Building Wizards, it can be expanded and changed in the [[Plus 2.X:Visualization_Box|Visualization Box]]. Also new Buildings can be created using vertices and connecting them to components. This allows the input of complex building shapes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:WUFI-PlusVertices.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is advisable to first expand the visualization box using the [[Plus 2.X:Visualization_Box|Expand/Shrink Button]], and also [[Plus 2.X:Visualization_Box|vertices]] must be switched visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If entering a building using the Edit 3D Option, make sure to use internal measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Operations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-Createvertice.png|left]]New vertices can be defined by right clicking into the Visualization Box and choosing &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;New Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then entering the coordinates.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Right clicking into the Visualization Box also allows you to choose from &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Select all Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Delete unused Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; (unused means not in contact with any components), &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Select all Components&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Show all Components&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; (for example to change from viewing only one zone to viewing the whole building again)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Vertices Operations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-verticeoperations.png|left]]The vertices are arbitrarily variable with different operations who are invoked for selected vertices by a right mouse click on them. Multiple vertices can be selected by holding CTRL.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;New Copy/Move Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; copys selected vertices and moves this copied vertices alongside the entered coordinates.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Find intersecting Points with Vector&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; (...)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Make Component(s) on Line&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows to create new components along the border of the plane formed by the selected vertices. The orientation and size of these has to be entered via a vector.  This operation is of course only possible if several vertices are selected. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Delete selected Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is another possible operation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Make Component of selelected Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;creates a component of all selectes vertices, but only if all are in the same plane. The vertices should be selected counter clockwise around the future component to make sure the normal vector points to the outer side of the component.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Two Point Operations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-twopoint.png|left]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Find intersection Points on Line&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; selects all vertices on the line between the two selected vertices. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Find intersection points on line extension&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; selects all vertices on the line cutting through the two selected vertices.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Add point on line segment extension&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; extends the line between the two points by an optional value and puts a new vertice at the end of that line. The line starts at the point, that is selected &#039;&#039;first&#039;&#039; and the extension begins at the point that is selected &#039;&#039;second&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Add point on line segment&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; adds a new vertice on the line between the two points, the difference to the above mentioned operation is that the entered value for the distance means the distance of the new vertice from the vertice that is selected &#039;&#039;first&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Divide line segment into equal sections&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows parting the line between two vertices into arbitrary sections. New verices are created at the end of every section.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Show distance&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; outputs the exact distance between the two selected vertices.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Component Operations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-componentoperations.png|left]] Also components can be edited. Right clicking on a selected component makes several operations possible. Several components can be selected by holding CTRL. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Properties&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; opens the [[Plus 2.X:Properties|Properties Window]] of a component.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Plus 2.X:Windows|&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Windows/Openings&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;]] opens the &#039;&#039;&#039;Component Openings&#039;&#039;&#039; Window. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Change Orientation (inner&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;outer)&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; changes the orientation (and the direction in which the normal vector points).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ZONES&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Ungroup&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Ungrouping components means to separate one or more components from their &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;. Components which probably have the same construction, for example exterior walls are automatically grouped if &amp;quot;Group Components&amp;quot;  is tagged in the [[Plus 2.X:Building_Wizard|Building Wizard]]. However, one ore more components can be ungrouped again if they are supposed to be edited separately. There are two possible actions: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Ungroup main component&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;, which has the effect, that only the red-marked component is ungrouped from the rest of the components or &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Ungroup all components&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; which ungroups all selected components. Ungrouped components are individually selectable and appear in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;New Copy/Move Component&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; copies the selected component(s) and moves them along inputted coordinates. There again are two different actions, &amp;quot;New Copy/Move main Component&amp;quot; which only copies and moves the red-selected component and &amp;quot;New Copy/Move all Components&amp;quot; which has the effect that all selected components are copied and moved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Create Component(s) on Border&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows to create new component(s) along the border of the selected component(s) whose direction can be entered individually. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Expand/Shrink Component&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; lets the user enter a factor for expanding or shrinking the selected component(s). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Delete selected Components/(s)&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; erases all selected components.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Movies==&lt;br /&gt;
Watch these two movies to see how exemplary buildings are created using the 3D tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*This [http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step3_geometry/step3_Building_Geometry.htm &#039;&#039;&#039;movie&#039;&#039;&#039;] belongs to the [[Plus 2.X:Input|second example] that can be found in the tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
*This movie shows the 3D tools using the example of a [http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/rest/cube/r_cube.htm &#039;&#039;&#039;cube&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:Building&amp;diff=2863</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:Building</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:Building&amp;diff=2863"/>
		<updated>2012-04-12T09:07:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Vertices Operations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are two possibilities of generating a building.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Building Wizard=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the new project, the building can be created in two ways. Is the building or the space not too complex in its geometry the [[Plus 2.X:Building_Wizard| automatic building wizard]] can be used to generate it. This tool generates the building with some details of floor plan, roof form and foundation . &lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-Building_Wizard.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note, that of course, all values entered are internal measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Edit 3D=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the geometry of the building exceeds the capabilities of the Building Wizards, it can be expanded and changed in the [[Plus 2.X:Visualization_Box|Visualization Box]]. Also new Buildings can be created using vertices and connecting them to components. This allows the input of complex building shapes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:WUFI-PlusVertices.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is advisable to first expand the visualization box using the [[Plus 2.X:Visualization_Box|Expand/Shrink Button]], and also [[Plus 2.X:Visualization_Box|vertices]] must be switched visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If entering a building using the Edit 3D Option, make sure to use internal measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Operations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-Createvertice.png|left]]New vertices can be defined by right clicking into the Visualization Box and choosing &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;New Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then entering the coordinates.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Right clicking into the Visualization Box also allows you to choose from &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Select all Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Delete unused Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; (unused means not in contact with any components), &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Select all Components&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Show all Components&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; (for example to change from viewing only one zone to viewing the whole building again)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Vertex Operations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-verticeoperations.png|left]]The vertices are arbitrarily variable with different operations who are invoked for selected vertices by a right mouse click on them. Multiple vertices can be selected by holding CTRL.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;New Copy/Move Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; copys selected vertices and moves this copied vertices alongside the entered coordinates.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Find intersecting Points with Vector&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; (...)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Make Component(s) on Line&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows to create new components along the border of the plane formed by the selected vertices. The orientation and size of these has to be entered via a vector.  This operation is of course only possible if several vertices are selected. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Delete selected Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is another possible operation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Make Component of selelected Vertices&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;creates a component of all selectes vertices, but only if all are in the same plane. The vertices should be selected counter clockwise around the future component to make sure the normal vector points to the outer side of the component.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Two Point Operations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-twopoint.png|left]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Find intersection Points on Line&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; selects all vertices on the line between the two selected vertices. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Find intersection points on line extension&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; selects all vertices on the line cutting through the two selected vertices.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Add point on line segment extension&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; extends the line between the two points by an optional value and puts a new vertice at the end of that line. The line starts at the point, that is selected &#039;&#039;first&#039;&#039; and the extension begins at the point that is selected &#039;&#039;second&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Add point on line segment&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; adds a new vertice on the line between the two points, the difference to the above mentioned operation is that the entered value for the distance means the distance of the new vertice from the vertice that is selected &#039;&#039;first&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Divide line segment into equal sections&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows parting the line between two vertices into arbitrary sections. New verices are created at the end of every section.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Show distance&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; outputs the exact distance between the two selected vertices.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Component Operations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-componentoperations.png|left]] Also components can be edited. Right clicking on a selected component makes several operations possible. Several components can be selected by holding CTRL. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Properties&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; opens the [[Plus 2.X:Properties|Properties Window]] of a component.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Plus 2.X:Windows|&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Windows/Openings&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;]] opens the &#039;&#039;&#039;Component Openings&#039;&#039;&#039; Window. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Change Orientation (inner&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;outer)&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; changes the orientation (and the direction in which the normal vector points).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ZONES&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Ungroup&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Ungrouping components means to separate one or more components from their &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;. Components which probably have the same construction, for example exterior walls are automatically grouped if &amp;quot;Group Components&amp;quot;  is tagged in the [[Plus 2.X:Building_Wizard|Building Wizard]]. However, one ore more components can be ungrouped again if they are supposed to be edited separately. There are two possible actions: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Ungroup main component&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;, which has the effect, that only the red-marked component is ungrouped from the rest of the components or &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Ungroup all components&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; which ungroups all selected components. Ungrouped components are individually selectable and appear in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;New Copy/Move Component&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; copies the selected component(s) and moves them along inputted coordinates. There again are two different actions, &amp;quot;New Copy/Move main Component&amp;quot; which only copies and moves the red-selected component and &amp;quot;New Copy/Move all Components&amp;quot; which has the effect that all selected components are copied and moved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Create Component(s) on Border&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows to create new component(s) along the border of the selected component(s) whose direction can be entered individually. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Expand/Shrink Component&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; lets the user enter a factor for expanding or shrinking the selected component(s). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Delete selected Components/(s)&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; erases all selected components.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Movies==&lt;br /&gt;
Watch these two movies to see how exemplary buildings are created using the 3D tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*This [http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step3_geometry/step3_Building_Geometry.htm &#039;&#039;&#039;movie&#039;&#039;&#039;] belongs to the [[Plus 2.X:Input|second example] that can be found in the tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
*This movie shows the 3D tools using the example of a [http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/rest/cube/r_cube.htm &#039;&#039;&#039;cube&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus2:Movies&amp;diff=2862</id>
		<title>Plus2:Movies</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus2:Movies&amp;diff=2862"/>
		<updated>2012-04-12T07:33:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This movie gives a good overview on the functions of WUFI®plus. It is tailored to [[Plus 2.X:First Steps|Example Case 1]] that can be found in the Tutorial section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/overview_movie/rohfassung.htm An Overview]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All movies below are taken from Example Case 2 in the Tutorial. For more background information on the movies just [[Plus 2.X:Input|visit its page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/rest/files_measured_data/r_files_measured_data.htm Using external data with Files/Measured Data]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step3_geometry/step3_Building_Geometry.htm Creating a building using the Building Wizard and 3D edit options] &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step4_windows/step4_Windows.htm Creating and editing windows]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step6-components/Windows/step6_Windows.htm Assigning window types and changing window parameters]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step5_zones/step5_Zones.htm Zones; creating different ones and working with them]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step6-components/Door_materialdatabase/step6_door.htm Saving a user defined material to the database] &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step6-components/Bottom_Plate_assemblydatabase/step6_Bottom_Plate.htm Saving a user defined assembly to the database]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step6-components/Walls/step6_Walls.htm Altering parameters of opaque components]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step6-components/Windows/step6_Windows.htm Assigning window types and changing window parameters]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step7_innerloads/z1/step7_innerloads_z1.htm Creating adequate periods and day profiles for inner loads 1]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step7_innerloads/z2/step7_innerloads_z2.htm Creating adequate periods and day profiles for inner loads 2]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step8_designconditions_fmd/step8_dc_fmd.htm Making input for Design Conditions]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/movies/3D_Objects/3D_Objects.htm Creating a 3D-Object]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/step10_HVAC/step10_HVAC.htm Establishing HVAC systems]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2861</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2861"/>
		<updated>2012-04-12T07:31:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Movie */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left. There is a [[#Movie|movie]] to be found at the end of this chapter to help you understand how to create a 3D-Object.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D-Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D-Objects section in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]]. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can then be edited. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is a [[#Movie|movie]] at the end of this page for better understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better understanding of these steps watch the [[#Movie|movie]] at the end of this page. &amp;lt;nr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a [[#Movie|movie]] at the end of this page. Watch it to see how monitor positions are set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions. If smooth is checked, the display of the distributions is smoothed during the calculation, however this has no effect on the results. &lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png|frame|left|Figure 17: Display during the calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after the calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Movie===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All that is described above is shown in this [http://www.wufi-wiki.com/wufifilme/movies/3D_Objects/3D_Objects.htm movie].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2860</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2860"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T09:15:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left. There is a [[#Movie|movie]] to be found at the end of this chapter to help you understand how to create a 3D-Object.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D-Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D-Objects section in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]]. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can then be edited. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is a [[#Movie|movie]] at the end of this page for better understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better understanding of these steps watch the [[#Movie|movie]] at the end of this page. &amp;lt;nr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a [[#Movie|movie]] at the end of this page. Watch it to see how monitor positions are set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions. If smooth is checked, the display of the distributions is smoothed during the calculation, however this has no effect on the results. &lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png|frame|left|Figure 17: Display during the calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after the calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Movie===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2859</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2859"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T09:14:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left. There is a [[#Movie|movie]] to be found at the end of this chapter to help you understand how to create a 3D-Object.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D-Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D-Objects section in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]]. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can then be edited. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is a [[#Movie|movie]] at the end of this page for better understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better understanding of these steps watch the [[#Movie|movie]] at the end of this page. &amp;lt;nr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a [#Movie|movie at the end of this page]. Watch it to see how monitor positions are set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions. If smooth is checked, the display of the distributions is smoothed during the calculation, however this has no effect on the results. &lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png|frame|left|Figure 17: Display during the calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after the calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Movie===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2858</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2858"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T09:00:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* General Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left. There is a [[#Movie|movie]] to be found at the end of this chapter to help you understand how to create a 3D-Object.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions. If smooth is checked, the display of the distributions is smoothed during the calculation, however this has no effect on the results. &lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png|frame|left|Figure 17: Display during the calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after the calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Movie===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2857</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2857"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:59:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Calculation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions. If smooth is checked, the display of the distributions is smoothed during the calculation, however this has no effect on the results. &lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png|frame|left|Figure 17: Display during the calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after the calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Movie===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2856</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2856"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:52:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Calculation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions. If smooth is checked, the display of the distributions is smoothed during the calculation, however this has no effect on the results. &lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png|frame|left|Figure 17: Display during the calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after the calculation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridge8.png&amp;diff=2855</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridge8.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridge8.png&amp;diff=2855"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:50:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: hat eine neue Version von „Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png“ hochgeladen&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2854</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2854"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:29:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Calculation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png|frame|left|Figure 17: Display during the calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after the calculation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2853</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2853"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:29:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Calculation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png|frame|left|Figure 17: Display during the calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after the calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2852</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2852"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:29:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Calculation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png|frame|left|Figure 17: Display during the calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section] after the calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2851</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2851"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:29:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Calculation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png|frame|Figure 17: Display during the calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section] after the calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2850</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2850"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:28:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation===&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution inside an object can be observed by the user in viewing direction of all axes and for all divisions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Results for monitor positions can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section] after the calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridge8.png&amp;diff=2849</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridge8.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridge8.png&amp;diff=2849"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:28:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2848</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2848"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:23:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 16: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: If fine division is checked, the grid (the way 3D Object is discretised) is displayed. The grid can be altered as desired in the grid section.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2847</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2847"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:04:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|left|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|left|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gitternetz&lt;br /&gt;
wies diskretisiert&lt;br /&gt;
smoothing macht die Übergänge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png&amp;diff=2846</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png&amp;diff=2846"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T08:04:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: hat eine neue Version von „Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png“ hochgeladen&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2845</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2845"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:58:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Graphic Window and Monitor Positions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gitternetz&lt;br /&gt;
wies diskretisiert&lt;br /&gt;
smoothing macht die Übergänge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png&amp;diff=2844</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png&amp;diff=2844"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:57:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png&amp;diff=2843</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png&amp;diff=2843"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:57:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2842</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2842"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:57:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Graphic Window and Monitor Positions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp1.png|frame|Figure 14: Monitor Position 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example one monitor position could be set into the upper edge between brick and concrete (See Figure 14). Its coordinates are: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
X=0.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Y=1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Z=0,5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgemp2.png|thumb|Figure 15: Monitor Position 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window (see Figure 15). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gitternetz&lt;br /&gt;
wies diskretisiert&lt;br /&gt;
smoothing macht die Übergänge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2841</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2841"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:41:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gitternetz&lt;br /&gt;
wies diskretisiert&lt;br /&gt;
smoothing macht die Übergänge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2840</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2840"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:34:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* X-Axis */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2839</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2839"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:29:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Materials and Boundary Conditions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgex.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgex.png&amp;diff=2838</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridgex.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgex.png&amp;diff=2838"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:29:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png&amp;diff=2837</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png&amp;diff=2837"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:28:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: hat eine neue Version von „Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX.png“ hochgeladen&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2836</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2836"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:27:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Materials and Boundary Conditions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2835</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2835"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:27:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Materials and Boundary Conditions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png&amp;diff=2834</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png&amp;diff=2834"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:26:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: hat eine neue Version von „Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX.png“ hochgeladen&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png&amp;diff=2833</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png&amp;diff=2833"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:25:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: hat eine neue Version von „Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX.png“ hochgeladen&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2832</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2832"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:02:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Materials and Boundary Conditions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click on the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2831</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2831"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T07:02:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Materials and Boundary Conditions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete are chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2830</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2830"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T06:59:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Graphic Window and Monitor Positions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039;; Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2829</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2829"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T06:57:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* X-Axis */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in Figure 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2828</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2828"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T06:49:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in the picture  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, that is the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during a calculation and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of a 3D-Element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2827</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2827"/>
		<updated>2012-03-30T06:45:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the [[Plus 2.X:Tree|Navigation Tree]] and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in the part of the input mask that is shown in Figure 3. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow (=in viewing direction of the x-axis) in the picture  &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut the element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units (=each time there is a change of material). As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the (outside) Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below (in view direction of the x-axis). The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then the elements below are clicked on[3]. Now &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the three elements by clicking onto them. The small outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct and complete, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D-Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions); Rotating can also be done by clicking onto the requested axis and using the scroll wheel to rotate.&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse) of the display; Zooming is also possible using the scroll wheel of the mouse (only if no axis is selected i.e. red)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, e.g. the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of 3D element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2826</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2826"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T14:34:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the Navigation Tree and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in this part of the input mask. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow in the picture. &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut your element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units. As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below. The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then it is clicked onto the elements you see in the picture below[3]. Doing so outer climate is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the elements by clicking onto them. The outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions)&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, e.g. the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set as requested.&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of 3D element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2825</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2825"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T14:25:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Graphic Window and Monitor Positions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the Navigation Tree and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in this part of the input mask. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow in the picture. &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut your element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units. As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below. The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then it is clicked onto the elements you see in the picture below[3]. Doing so outer climate is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the elements by clicking onto them. The outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D Element should look like Figure 13. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of possible operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions)&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, e.g. the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of 3D element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2824</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2824"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T14:25:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Y-Axis and Z-Axis */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the Navigation Tree and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in this part of the input mask. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow in the picture. &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut your element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units. As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below. The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then it is clicked onto the elements you see in the picture below[3]. Doing so outer climate is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the elements by clicking onto them. The outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If input made for the x-axis was correct, input for y- and z-axis is correct too automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done the right way input should look like Figure 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D Element should look like this. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions)&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, e.g. the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of 3D element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2823</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2823"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T14:19:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* General Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
To model a thermal bridge a new 3D Object must be created. This can be done by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created object appears in the Navigation Tree and can be edited then. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask for the 3D Objects looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in this part of the input mask. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow in the picture. &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut your element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units. As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below. The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then it is clicked onto the elements you see in the picture below[3]. Doing so outer climate is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the elements by clicking onto them. The outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If the input made for the x-axis was right, input for y and z axis is right to automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done correctly input should look like the input in Figure 11 and 12&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D Element should look like this. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions)&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, e.g. the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of 3D element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2822</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2822"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T14:17:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* General Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example of a thermal bridge you can see in the picture on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
A new 3D Object can be created by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created Object appears in the Navigation Tree and can be edited then.&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in this part of the input mask. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow in the picture. &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut your element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units. As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below. The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then it is clicked onto the elements you see in the picture below[3]. Doing so outer climate is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the elements by clicking onto them. The outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If the input made for the x-axis was right, input for y and z axis is right to automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done correctly input should look like the input in Figure 11 and 12&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D Element should look like this. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions)&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, e.g. the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of 3D element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2821</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2821"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T13:12:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Graphic Window and Monitor Positions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example you can see in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
A new 3D Object can be created by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created Object appears in the Navigation Tree and can be edited then.&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in this part of the input mask. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow in the picture. &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut your element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units. As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below. The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then it is clicked onto the elements you see in the picture below[3]. Doing so outer climate is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the elements by clicking onto them. The outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If the input made for the x-axis was right, input for y and z axis is right to automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done correctly input should look like the input in Figure 11 and 12&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D Element should look like this. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions)&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, e.g. the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of 3D element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png&amp;diff=2820</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png&amp;diff=2820"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T13:08:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2819</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2819"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T13:07:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Materials and Boundary Conditions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example you can see in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
A new 3D Object can be created by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created Object appears in the Navigation Tree and can be edited then.&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in this part of the input mask. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeXX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow in the picture. &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut your element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units. As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below. The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then it is clicked onto the elements you see in the picture below[3]. Doing so outer climate is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the elements by clicking onto them. The outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If the input made for the x-axis was right, input for y and z axis is right to automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done correctly input should look like the input in Figure 11 and 12&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D Element should look like this. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions)&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, i.e. the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of 3D element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png&amp;diff=2818</id>
		<title>Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Datei:P2-thermalbridgeX.png&amp;diff=2818"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T13:07:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: hat eine neue Version von „Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX.png“ hochgeladen&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2817</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2817"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T13:05:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* X-Axis */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example you can see in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
A new 3D Object can be created by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created Object appears in the Navigation Tree and can be edited then.&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in this part of the input mask. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow in the picture. &lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you &amp;quot;cut your element into slices&amp;quot; along the measurement units. As you can see in Figure 6 you get five &amp;quot;slices&amp;quot; (or divisions): Boundary Condition on the outside, 1,2,3 and Boundary Condition on the inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. After clicking onto it, this &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; is displayed in the picture below. The first division is the Boundary Condition i.e. the outer air so &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then it is clicked onto the elements you see in the picture below[3]. Doing so outer climate is assigned to them and they turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the elements by clicking onto them. The outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If the input made for the x-axis was right, input for y and z axis is right to automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done correctly input should look like the input in Figure 11 and 12&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D Element should look like this. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions)&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, i.e. the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of 3D element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2816</id>
		<title>Plus 2.X:3D-Objects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wufi-wiki.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Plus_2.X:3D-Objects&amp;diff=2816"/>
		<updated>2012-03-29T12:59:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krizzl: /* Materials and Boundary Conditions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===General Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge1.png|frame|left|Figure 1: The 3D-Object]]WUFI plus offers the possibility to model 3D thermal bridges. In this chapter the procedure is explained using the easy example you can see in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge2.png|right|thumb|Figure 2: The Input Mask]]&lt;br /&gt;
A new 3D Object can be created by clicking on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button in the 3D Objects section. The newly created Object appears in the Navigation Tree and can be edited then.&lt;br /&gt;
The whole input mask looks like shown in Figure 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is inputting the right measures along x, y, and z axis, this is done in this part of the input mask. [[Bild:P2-thermalbridge4.png|right|frame|Figure 3: Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each change of material, a new division must be created and dimensioned. This can be done by using the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; button. According to Figure 1, input should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge3.png|frame|center|Figure 4: Finished Measure-Input]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge5.png|right|thumb|Figure 5:Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials and Boundary Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
The second step is to assign the right materials and boundary conditions. First, requested materials need to be selected from the database using the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button. In this case brick and concrete is chosen (see Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX.png|right|frame|Figure 6:Materials and boundary conditions along the x-axis]]In principle to assign a material or boundary condition to the right element, choose the division, select the material or boundary condition and click onto the element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====X-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If this is done in the x-axis tab, the procedure is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Imagine you look at the 3D-Element in direction of the green arrow in the picture. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX2.png|right|frame|Figure 7: First Division-B.Cond.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*It is started with the uppermost division, the Boundary Condition (B. Cond.)[1]. On this side the element touches the outer air, so  &amp;quot;climate&amp;quot; [2] is selected and then it is clicked onto the elements you see in the picture below[3]. They turn blue and the outer climate is assigned to the outside-boundary condition area now. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX3.png|right|thumb|Figure 8: Second Division]]Next the second division is selected, this is section 1 in Figure 6 above. Obviously the whole area is brick, so brick is selected and then assigned to the elements by clicking onto them. The outer elements remain untouched, they are adiabat, there is no heat exchange happening through them as they are only the continuance of the walls. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX4.png|right|thumb|Figure 9:Third Division]]After that, the third division is chosen, this is area 2 in Figure 6. This &amp;quot;slice&amp;quot; of the wall has both a brick and a concrete part. The outer parts are brick, the inner one is concrete. &amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeX5.png|thumb|right|Figure 10: Fourth Division]]The fourth division (area 3 in Figure 6) gets concrete assigned to its middle part and as the two outer areas are inner air, they belong to &amp;quot;Zone 1:Heated Zone&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Last the fifth division remains untouched, it&#039;s adiabat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeY.png|thumb|Figure 11:Input Y-Axis]][[Bild:P2-thermalbridgeZ.png|thumb|Figure 12:Input Z-Axis]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Y-Axis and Z-Axis====&lt;br /&gt;
If the input made for the x-axis was right, input for y and z axis is right to automatically. However check it, to make sure everything is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
If everything was done correctly input should look like the input in Figure 11 and 12&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graphic Window and Monitor Positions===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge6.png|right|frame|Figure 13: Graphic Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing all tasks above the display of the 3D Element should look like this. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of operations in the graphic window: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 1 &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** Rotating around X, Y and Z Axis (use left and right mouse for different directions)&lt;br /&gt;
** Centering the display &lt;br /&gt;
** Zooming in (left mouse) and out (right mouse)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 2&#039;&#039;: The elements to be shown can be selected user defined. &lt;br /&gt;
** It is possible to display &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; elements&lt;br /&gt;
** Also &#039;&#039;&#039;only selected materials&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e. ONLY concrete or ONLY masonry)can be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** It can be decided whether only &#039;&#039;&#039;one layer&#039;&#039;&#039; should be &#039;&#039;&#039;displayed&#039;&#039;&#039; (Select this layer on the left side in one of the tabs (X,Y,Z) and choose the desired division.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 3&#039;&#039;: Display of boundary conditions can be switched off, if you do so, only the &amp;quot;solid&amp;quot; materials are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Number 4&#039;&#039;: You can set monitor positions. Click the button and another window opens up where you can enter coordinates. Note, that these coordinates belong to the coordinate system that was used to input the 3D-Object, i.e. the one shown in Figure 1. If monitor positions were defined, they are displayed as dots in the picture on the down left side of the input window. For these monitor positions temperature is calculated during and values can be found in the [[Plus 2.X:Results#Export|export-section]] after a calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bild:P2-thermalbridge7.png|frame|left|Figure 14: &amp;quot;Initial temperature&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Before a calculation the initial temperature of the elements can be set&lt;br /&gt;
*Show fine division: During a calculation temperature distribution in the different layers and divisions of 3D element is displayed and can be looked at. If &amp;quot;Show fine division&amp;quot; is checked, the display is smoother but the calculation is slower.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krizzl</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>